blob: ba33261e9b1c9f5562426ffe7eb1788fd61324f3 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
965 if (State.FreeRegs) {
966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
968 }
969 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000970
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000971 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000975 }
976
977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
979 if (UsedInAlloca)
980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
981}
982
983void
984X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
985 unsigned &StackOffset,
986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
991
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
993 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000994 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
998 assert(NumBytes);
999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1002 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001003}
1004
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001005static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1006 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1007 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1008 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1009 return true;
1010 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1011 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1012 return true;
1013 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1014 return false;
1015 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1016 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1017 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1018 if (Info.getInReg())
1019 return false;
1020 return true;
1021 }
1022 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1023}
1024
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001025void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1026 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1027
1028 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1029 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1030
1031 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001032 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1033
1034 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1035 bool IsThisCall =
1036 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1037 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1038 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1039 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1040 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1041 ++I;
1042 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001043
1044 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001045 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1046 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1047 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001048 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1049 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001050 }
1051
1052 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001053 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001054 ++I;
1055
1056 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1057 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001058 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1059 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001060 }
1061
1062 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1063 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001064}
1065
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001066llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1067 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001068 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001069
1070 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1071 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1072 "ap");
1073 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001074
1075 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1076 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1077 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1078 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1079 if (Align > 4) {
1080 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1081 llvm::Value *Offset =
1082 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1083 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1084 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1085 CGF.Int32Ty);
1086 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1087 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1088 Addr->getType(),
1089 "ap.cur.aligned");
1090 }
1091
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001092 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001093 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001094 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1095
1096 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001097 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001098 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001099 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001100 "ap.next");
1101 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1102
1103 return AddrTyped;
1104}
1105
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001106bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1107 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1108 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1109
1110 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1111 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1112 break;
1113 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1114 return false;
1115 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1116 return true;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1120 return true;
1121
1122 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001123 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1124 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1125 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1126 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1127 return true;
1128 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1129 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1130 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1131 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1132 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1133 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1134 return true;
1135 default:
1136 return false;
1137 }
1138 default:
1139 return false;
1140 }
1141}
1142
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001143void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1144 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1145 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1146 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1147 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1148 // Get the LLVM function.
1149 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1150
1151 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001152 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001153 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001154 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1155 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1156 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1157 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001158 }
1159 }
1160}
1161
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001162bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1163 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1164 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1165 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001166
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001167 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001168
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001169 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1170 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1171 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001172 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001173
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001174 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001175 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1176 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1177 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001178 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001179 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001180
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001181 } else {
1182 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1183 // reason.
1184 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1185
1186 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1187 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1188 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001189 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001190 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1191 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001192
1193 return false;
1194}
1195
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001196//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1197// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1198//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1199
1200
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001201namespace {
1202/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1203class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1204 enum Class {
1205 Integer = 0,
1206 SSE,
1207 SSEUp,
1208 X87,
1209 X87Up,
1210 ComplexX87,
1211 NoClass,
1212 Memory
1213 };
1214
1215 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1216 ///
1217 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1218 /// classification \arg Field.
1219 ///
1220 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1221 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1222 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1223 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001224 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001225
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001226 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1227 ///
1228 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1229 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1230 ///
1231 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1232 /// the classification process.
1233 ///
1234 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1235 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1236 ///
1237 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1238 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1239 ///
1240 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1241
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001242 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1243 /// given type T should be passed.
1244 ///
1245 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1246 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1247 ///
1248 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1249 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1250 ///
1251 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1252 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1253 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1254 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001255 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1256 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1257 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001258 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1259 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1260 /// will be Memory.
1261 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001262 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001263 ///
1264 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1265 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001266 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1267 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001268
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001269 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001270 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1271 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1272 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1273 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1274 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1275 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001276
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001277 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001278 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001279 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001280
1281 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001282 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001283 ///
1284 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1285 /// available.
1286 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001287
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001288 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001289
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001290 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001291 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001292 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001293 unsigned &neededSSE,
1294 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001295
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001296 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1297
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001298 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1299 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1300 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1301 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1302 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1303 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001304 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001305 }
1306
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001307 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001308 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1309 // 64-bit hardware.
1310 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001311
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001312public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001313 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001314 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001315 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001316 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001317
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001318 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1319 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001320 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001321 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1322 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001323 if (info.isDirect()) {
1324 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1325 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1326 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1327 }
1328 return false;
1329 }
1330
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001331 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001332
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001333 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1334 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001335};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001336
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001337/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001338class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1339
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001340 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001341
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001342public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001343 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1344
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001345 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001346
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001347 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1348 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001349};
1350
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001351class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1352public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001353 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001354 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001355
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001356 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1357 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1358 }
1359
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001360 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001361 return 7;
1362 }
1363
1364 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001365 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001366 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001367
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001368 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1369 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001370 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001371 return false;
1372 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001373
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001374 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001375 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001376 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001377 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1378 }
1379
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001380 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001381 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001382 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1383 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001384 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001385 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1386 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1387 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001388 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001389 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001390 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1391 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1392 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1393 HasAVXType = true;
1394 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001395 }
1396 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001397
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001398 if (!HasAVXType)
1399 return true;
1400 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001401
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001402 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001403 }
1404
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001405 llvm::Constant *
1406 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001407 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1408 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1409 ('F' << 16) |
1410 ('T' << 24);
1411 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1412 }
1413
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001414};
1415
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001416static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1417 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1418 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1419 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001420 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001421 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001422 return ArgStr;
1423}
1424
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001425class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1426public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001427 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1428 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1429 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001430
1431 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001432 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001433 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001434 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001435 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001436
1437 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1438 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001439 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001440 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001441 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001442};
1443
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001444class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1445public:
1446 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1447 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1448
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001449 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001450 return 7;
1451 }
1452
1453 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001454 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001455 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001456
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001457 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1458 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001459 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001460 return false;
1461 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001462
1463 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001464 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001465 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001466 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001467 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001468
1469 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1470 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001471 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001472 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001473 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001474};
1475
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001476}
1477
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001478void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1479 Class &Hi) const {
1480 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1481 //
1482 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1483 // memory.
1484 //
1485 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1486 // memory.
1487 //
1488 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1489 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1490 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1491 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1492 //
1493 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1494 //
1495 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1496 // only with unions; for example:
1497 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1498 //
1499 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1500 //
1501 if (Hi == Memory)
1502 Lo = Memory;
1503 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1504 Lo = Memory;
1505 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1506 Lo = Memory;
1507 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1508 Hi = SSE;
1509}
1510
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001511X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001512 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1513 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1514 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1515 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1516 //
1517 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1518 //
1519 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1520 // the other class.
1521 //
1522 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1523 // class.
1524 //
1525 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1526 // INTEGER.
1527 //
1528 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1529 // MEMORY is used as class.
1530 //
1531 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1532
1533 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1534 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1535 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1536 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1537 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1538 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001539 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001540 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001541 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001542 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001543 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001544 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001545 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1546 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001547 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001548 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001549}
1550
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001551void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001552 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001553 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1554 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1555 // situations.
1556
1557 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1558 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1559 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1560
1561 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1562
1563 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1564 Current = Memory;
1565
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001566 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001567 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1568
1569 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1570 Current = NoClass;
1571 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1572 Lo = Integer;
1573 Hi = Integer;
1574 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1575 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001576 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1577 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001578 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001579 Current = SSE;
1580 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1581 Lo = X87;
1582 Hi = X87Up;
1583 }
1584 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1585 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001586 return;
1587 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001588
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001589 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001590 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001591 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001592 return;
1593 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001594
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001595 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001596 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001597 return;
1598 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001599
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001600 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001601 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001602 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1603 else
1604 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001605 return;
1606 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001607
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001608 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001609 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001610 if (Size == 32) {
1611 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1612 // float> as integer.
1613 Current = Integer;
1614
1615 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1616 // split.
1617 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1618 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1619 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1620 Hi = Lo;
1621 } else if (Size == 64) {
1622 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1623 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1624 return;
1625
1626 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001627 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001628 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1629 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1630 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001631 Current = Integer;
1632 else
1633 Current = SSE;
1634
1635 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1636 // split.
1637 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1638 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001639 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001640 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1641 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1642 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1643 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1644 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1645 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1646 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001647 //
1648 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1649 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1650 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001651 Lo = SSE;
1652 Hi = SSEUp;
1653 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001654 return;
1655 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001656
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001657 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001658 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001659
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001660 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001661 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001662 if (Size <= 64)
1663 Current = Integer;
1664 else if (Size <= 128)
1665 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001666 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001667 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001668 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1669 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001670 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001671 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001672 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001673 Current = ComplexX87;
1674
1675 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1676 // should be split.
1677 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001678 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001679 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1680 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001681
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001682 return;
1683 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001684
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001685 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001686 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1687
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001688 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001689
1690 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001691 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1692 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001693 return;
1694
1695 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1696 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1697 //
1698 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001699 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001700 return;
1701
1702 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1703 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1704 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001705 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001706 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001707
1708 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1709 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1710 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1711 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1712 return;
1713
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001714 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1715 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001716 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001717 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1718 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1719 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1720 break;
1721 }
1722
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001723 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001724 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001725 return;
1726 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001727
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001728 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001729 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001730
1731 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001732 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1733 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001734 return;
1735
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001736 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1737 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1738 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001739 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001740 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001741
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001742 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1743
1744 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1745 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1746 return;
1747
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001748 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001749
1750 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1751 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001752
1753 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1754 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001755 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1756 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001757 "Unexpected base class!");
1758 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001759 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001760
1761 // Classify this field.
1762 //
1763 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1764 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1765 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1766 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001767 uint64_t Offset =
1768 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001769 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001770 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1771 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1772 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1773 break;
1774 }
1775 }
1776
1777 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001778 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001779 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001780 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001781 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1782 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1783
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001784 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1785 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001786 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001787 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1788 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1789 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1790 //
1791 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1792 Lo = Memory;
1793 return;
1794 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001795 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001796 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001797 Lo = Memory;
1798 return;
1799 }
1800
1801 // Classify this field.
1802 //
1803 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1804 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1805 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1806 // NO_CLASS.
1807 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1808
1809 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1810 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1811 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1812 if (BitField) {
1813 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1814 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1815 continue;
1816
1817 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001818 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001819
1820 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1821 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001822
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001823 if (EB_Lo) {
1824 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1825 FieldLo = NoClass;
1826 FieldHi = Integer;
1827 } else {
1828 FieldLo = Integer;
1829 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1830 }
1831 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001832 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001833 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1834 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1835 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1836 break;
1837 }
1838
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001839 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001840 }
1841}
1842
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001843ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001844 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1845 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001846 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001847 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1848 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1849 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1850
1851 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1852 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1853 }
1854
1855 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1856}
1857
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001858bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1859 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1860 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1861 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1862 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1863 return true;
1864 }
1865
1866 return false;
1867}
1868
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001869ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1870 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001871 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1872 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001873 //
1874 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1875 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1876 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1877 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1878 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001879 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001880 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1881 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1882 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1883
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001884 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1885 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001886 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001887
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001888 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001889 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001890
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001891 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1892 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1893 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001894
1895 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1896 // is important for good codegen.
1897 //
1898 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1899 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1900 //
1901 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1902 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1903 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1904 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1905 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1906 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1907 // might be inreg.
1908 //
1909 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1910 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1911 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1912 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1913 //
1914 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1915 // attributes. See PR12193.
1916 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1917 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1918
1919 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1920 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1921 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1922 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1923 Size));
1924 }
1925
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001926 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001927}
1928
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001929/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1930/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001931/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001932llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001933 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001934
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001935 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1936 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001937 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001938 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1939 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1940 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1941 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001942
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001943 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001944 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1945 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001946 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001947 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001948 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1949 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1950 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1951 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1952 return VT;
1953 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001954
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001955 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1956}
1957
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001958/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1959/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1960/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1961/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1962/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1963///
1964/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1965static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1966 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1967 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1968 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1969 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1970 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1971 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1972 return true;
1973
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001974 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1975 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1976 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1977
1978 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1979 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1980 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1981 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1982 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001983
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001984 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1985 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1986 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1987 return false;
1988 }
1989 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1990 return true;
1991 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001992
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001993 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1994 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1995 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001996
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001997 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1998 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001999 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2000 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002001 "Unexpected base class!");
2002 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002003 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002004
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002005 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002006 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002007 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002008
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002009 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002010 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002011 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2012 return false;
2013 }
2014 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002015
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002016 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2017 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2018 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2019 // much.
2020 unsigned idx = 0;
2021 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2022 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2023 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002024
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002025 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2026 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2027
2028 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2029 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2030 Context))
2031 return false;
2032 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002033
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002034 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2035 // clean.
2036 return true;
2037 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002038
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002039 return false;
2040}
2041
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002042/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2043/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2044/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2045/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002046static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002047 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002048 // Base case if we find a float.
2049 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2050 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002051
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002052 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002053 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002054 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2055 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2056 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2057 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2058 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002059
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002060 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002061 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2062 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002063 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2064 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2065 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2066 }
2067
2068 return false;
2069}
2070
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002071
2072/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2073/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002074llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2075GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002076 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002077 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002078 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2079 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2080 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2081 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2082 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002083
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002084 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2085 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2086 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002087 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2088 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002089 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002090
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002091 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2092}
2093
2094
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002095/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2096/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2097/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2098/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002099/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2100/// etc).
2101///
2102/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2103/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2104/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2105///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002106/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002107/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2108///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002109llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2110GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002111 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002112 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2113 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2114 if (IROffset == 0) {
2115 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002116 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2117 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002118 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002119
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002120 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2121 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2122 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2123 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2124 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2125 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2126 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002127 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2128 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2129 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2130 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002131
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002132 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2133 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2134 return IRType;
2135 }
2136 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002137
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002138 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002139 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002140 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002141 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2142 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2143 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002144
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002145 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2146 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002147 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002148 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002149
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002150 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002151 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002152 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002153 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002154 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2155 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002156 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002157
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002158 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2159 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002160 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2161 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002162
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002163 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002164
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002165 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2166 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002167 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2168 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002169}
2170
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002171
2172/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2173/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2174/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2175/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2176/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002177static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002178GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002179 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002180 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2181 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2182 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2183 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2184 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2185 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002186 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002187 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002188
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002189 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2190 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2191 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2192 // struct.
2193 if (HiStart != 8) {
2194 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2195 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2196 // Promote these to a larger type.
2197 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2198 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2199 else {
2200 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2201 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2202 }
2203 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002204
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002205 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002206
2207
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002208 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2209 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2210 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2211 return Result;
2212}
2213
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002214ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002215classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002216 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2217 // classification algorithm.
2218 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002219 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002220
2221 // Check some invariants.
2222 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002223 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2224
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002225 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002226 switch (Lo) {
2227 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002228 if (Hi == NoClass)
2229 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2230 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2231 // null.
2232 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2233 "Unknown missing lo part");
2234 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002235
2236 case SSEUp:
2237 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002238 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002239
2240 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2241 // hidden argument.
2242 case Memory:
2243 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2244
2245 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2246 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2247 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002248 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002249
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002250 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2251 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2252 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2253 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2254 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2255 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002256
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002257 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2258 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2259 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2260 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002261 break;
2262
2263 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2264 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2265 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002266 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002267 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002268
2269 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2270 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2271 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002272 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002273 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002274
2275 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2276 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2277 // %st1.
2278 case ComplexX87:
2279 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002280 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002281 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002282 NULL);
2283 break;
2284 }
2285
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002286 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002287 switch (Hi) {
2288 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2289 // never occur as a hi class.
2290 case Memory:
2291 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002292 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002293
2294 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002295 case NoClass:
2296 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002297
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002298 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002299 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002300 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2301 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002302 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002303 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002304 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002305 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2306 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002307 break;
2308
2309 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002310 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2311 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002312 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002313 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002314 case SSEUp:
2315 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002316 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002317 break;
2318
2319 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2320 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2321 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002322 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002323 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002324 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002325 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002326 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002327 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002328 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2329 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002330 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002331 break;
2332 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002333
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002334 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002335 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2336 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002337 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002338 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002339
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002340 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002341}
2342
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002343ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002344 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2345 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002346 const
2347{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002348 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002349 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002350
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002351 // Check some invariants.
2352 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2353 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002354 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2355
2356 neededInt = 0;
2357 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002358 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002359 switch (Lo) {
2360 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002361 if (Hi == NoClass)
2362 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2363 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2364 // null.
2365 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2366 "Unknown missing lo part");
2367 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002368
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002369 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2370 // on the stack.
2371 case Memory:
2372
2373 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2374 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2375 case X87:
2376 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002377 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002378 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002379 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002380
2381 case SSEUp:
2382 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002383 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002384
2385 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2386 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2387 // and %r9 is used.
2388 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002389 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002390
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002391 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002392 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002393
2394 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2395 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2396 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2399 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002400
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002401 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2402 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2403 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2404 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002405
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002406 break;
2407
2408 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2409 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2410 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002411 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002412 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002413 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002414 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002415 break;
2416 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002417 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002418
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002419 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002420 switch (Hi) {
2421 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002422 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002423 // which is passed in memory.
2424 case Memory:
2425 case X87:
2426 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002427 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002428
2429 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002430
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002431 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002432 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002433 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002434 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002435
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002436 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2437 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002438 break;
2439
2440 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2441 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2442 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002443 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002444 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002445
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002446 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2447 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002448
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002449 ++neededSSE;
2450 break;
2451
2452 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2453 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002454 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002455 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002456 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002457 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002458 break;
2459 }
2460
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002461 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2462 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2463 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2464 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002465 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002466
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002467 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002468}
2469
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002470void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002471
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002472 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2473 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002474
2475 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002476 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002477
2478 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2479 // integer register.
2480 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2481 --freeIntRegs;
2482
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002483 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2484 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2485 if (isVariadic)
2486 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2487
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002488 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2489 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2490 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2491 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002492 bool isNamedArg = true;
2493 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002494 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2495 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002496
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002497 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002498 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002499 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002500
2501 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2502 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2503 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2504 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002505 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002506 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2507 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2508 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002509 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002510 }
2511 }
2512}
2513
2514static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2515 QualType Ty,
2516 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2517 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2518 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2519 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2520 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2521
2522 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2523 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002524 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2525 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002526 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2527 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002528 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002529 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002530 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002531 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2532 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002533 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002534 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002535 overflow_arg_area =
2536 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2537 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2538 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2539 }
2540
2541 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002542 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002543 llvm::Value *Res =
2544 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002545 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002546
2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2548 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2549 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2550 // an 8 byte boundary.
2551
2552 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002553 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002554 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002555 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2556 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2557 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2558
2559 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2560 return Res;
2561}
2562
2563llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2564 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2565 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2566 // struct {
2567 // i32 gp_offset;
2568 // i32 fp_offset;
2569 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2570 // i8* reg_save_area;
2571 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002572 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002573
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002574 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002575 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2576 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002577
2578 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2579 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2580 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2581 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2582
2583 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2584 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2585 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2586
2587 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2588 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2589 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2590 //
2591 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2592 // register save space).
2593
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002594 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2595 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2596 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002597 if (neededInt) {
2598 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2599 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002600 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2601 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002602 }
2603
2604 if (neededSSE) {
2605 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2606 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2607 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002608 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2609 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002610 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2611 }
2612
2613 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2614 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2615 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2616 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2617
2618 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2619
2620 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2621
2622 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2623 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2624 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2625 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2626 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2627 //
2628 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2629 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2630 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2631 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002632 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002633 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2634 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2635 "reg_save_area");
2636 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2637 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002638 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002639 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002640 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2641 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002642 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002643 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2644 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002645 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002646 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002647 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2648 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2650 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002651 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2652 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002653 llvm::Value *V =
2654 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2655 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2656 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2657 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2658
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002659 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002660 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002661 } else if (neededInt) {
2662 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2663 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002664 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002665
2666 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2667 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2668 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2669 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2670 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2671 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002672 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2673 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2674 RegAddr = Tmp;
2675 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002676 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2677 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2678 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2679 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002680 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002681 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2682 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2683 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2684 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002685 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002686 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002687 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002688 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002689 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2690 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2691 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002692 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2693 DblPtrTy));
2694 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2695 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2696 DblPtrTy));
2697 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2698 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2699 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002700 }
2701
2702 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2703 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2704 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2705 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002706 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002707 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2708 gp_offset_p);
2709 }
2710 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002711 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002712 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2713 fp_offset_p);
2714 }
2715 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2716
2717 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2718
2719 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2720 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2721
2722 // Return the appropriate result.
2723
2724 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002725 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002726 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002727 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2728 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002729 return ResAddr;
2730}
2731
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002732ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002733
2734 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2735 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2736
2737 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2738 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2739
2740 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2741
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002742 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2743 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002744 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002745 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002746 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2747 }
2748
2749 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002750 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2751
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002752 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002753 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2755 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002756 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002757
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002758 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002759 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2760 // directly.
2761 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2762 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2763 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002764 }
2765
2766 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002767 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2768 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002769 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2770 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002771
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002772 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2773 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002774 }
2775
2776 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2777 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2778
2779 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2780}
2781
2782void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002783 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2784 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002785
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002786 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2787 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002788}
2789
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002790llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2791 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002792 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002793
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002794 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2795 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2796 "ap");
2797 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2798 llvm::Type *PTy =
2799 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2800 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2801
2802 uint64_t Offset =
2803 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2804 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2805 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2806 "ap.next");
2807 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2808
2809 return AddrTyped;
2810}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002811
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002812namespace {
2813
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002814class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2815 public:
2816 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2817 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002818 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2819 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2820 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002821 private:
2822 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2823 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2824};
2825
2826class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2827 public:
2828 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2829 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2830};
2831
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002832}
2833
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002834void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2835 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2836 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2837 else
2838 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2839}
2840
2841llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2842 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2843 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2844 // is unuspported.
2845 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2846}
2847
2848
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002849// PowerPC-32
2850
2851namespace {
2852class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2853public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002854 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002855
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002856 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002857 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2858 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2859 }
2860
2861 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002862 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002863};
2864
2865}
2866
2867bool
2868PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2869 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2870 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2871 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2872
2873 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002874
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002875 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002876 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2877 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2878 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2879
2880 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002881 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002882
2883 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002884 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002885
2886 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2887 // 64: mq
2888 // 65: lr
2889 // 66: ctr
2890 // 67: ap
2891 // 68-75 cr0-7
2892 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002893 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002894
2895 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002896 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002897
2898 // 109: vrsave
2899 // 110: vscr
2900 // 111: spe_acc
2901 // 112: spefscr
2902 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002903 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002904
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002905 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002906}
2907
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002908// PowerPC-64
2909
2910namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002911/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2912class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002913public:
2914 enum ABIKind {
2915 ELFv1 = 0,
2916 ELFv2
2917 };
2918
2919private:
2920 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
2921 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002922
2923public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002924 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
2925 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002926
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002927 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00002928 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002929 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
2930 uint64_t &Members) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002931
2932 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2933 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2934
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002935 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2936 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2937 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2938 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2939 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2940 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002941 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002942 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2943 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002944 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002945 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2946 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002947 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002948 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002949 if (T) {
2950 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00002951 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
2952 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002953 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002954 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002955 continue;
2956 }
2957 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002958 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002959 }
2960 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002961
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002962 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2963 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002964};
2965
2966class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2967public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002968 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2969 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
2970 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002971
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002972 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002973 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2974 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2975 }
2976
2977 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002978 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002979};
2980
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002981class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2982public:
2983 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2984
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002985 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002986 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2987 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2988 }
2989
2990 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002991 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002992};
2993
2994}
2995
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002996// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2997// extended to 64 bits.
2998bool
2999PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3000 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3001 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3002 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3003
3004 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3005 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3006 return true;
3007
3008 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3009 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3010 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3011 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3012 case BuiltinType::Int:
3013 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3014 return true;
3015 default:
3016 break;
3017 }
3018
3019 return false;
3020}
3021
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003022/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3023/// alignment in the parameter area.
3024bool
3025PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3026 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3027 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3028 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3029
3030 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3031 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3032 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3033 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3034
3035 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3036 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3037 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3038 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3039 if (EltType) {
3040 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3041 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3042 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3043 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3044 AlignAsType = EltType;
3045 }
3046
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003047 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3048 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3049 uint64_t Members = 0;
3050 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3051 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3052 AlignAsType = Base;
3053
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003054 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3055 if (AlignAsType)
3056 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3057
3058 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3059 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3060 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3061 return true;
3062
3063 return false;
3064}
3065
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003066/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3067/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3068/// to the number of base elements.
3069bool
3070PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3071 uint64_t &Members) const {
3072 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3073 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3074 if (NElements == 0)
3075 return false;
3076 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3077 return false;
3078 Members *= NElements;
3079 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3080 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3081 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3082 return false;
3083
3084 Members = 0;
3085 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3086 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3087 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3088 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3089 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3090 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3091 return false;
3092 FT = AT->getElementType();
3093 }
3094 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3095 continue;
3096
3097 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3098 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3099 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3100 continue;
3101
3102 uint64_t FldMembers;
3103 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3104 return false;
3105
3106 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3107 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3108 }
3109
3110 if (!Base)
3111 return false;
3112
3113 // Ensure there is no padding.
3114 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3115 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3116 return false;
3117 } else {
3118 Members = 1;
3119 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3120 Members = 2;
3121 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3122 }
3123
3124 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3125 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3126 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3127 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3128 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3129 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3130 return false;
3131 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3132 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3133 return false;
3134 } else {
3135 return false;
3136 }
3137
3138 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3139 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3140 // treated as being equivalent here.
3141 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3142 if (!Base)
3143 Base = TyPtr;
3144
3145 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3146 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3147 return false;
3148 }
3149
3150 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3151 // or two registers depending on their size.
3152 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3153 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3154
3155 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3156 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3157}
3158
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003159ABIArgInfo
3160PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003161 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3162 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3163
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003164 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3165 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3166 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3167 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3168 if (Size > 128)
3169 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3170 else if (Size < 128) {
3171 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3172 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3173 }
3174 }
3175
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003176 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003177 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003178 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003179
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003180 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3181 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003182
3183 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3184 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3185 uint64_t Members = 0;
3186 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3187 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3188 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3189 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3190 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3191 }
3192
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003193 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3194 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3195 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3196 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3197 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3198 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3199 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3200
3201 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3202 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3203 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3204 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3205 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3206 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3207 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3208 else {
3209 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3210 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3211 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3212 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3213 }
3214
3215 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3216 }
3217
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003218 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003219 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3220 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003221 }
3222
3223 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3224 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3225}
3226
3227ABIArgInfo
3228PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3229 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3230 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3231
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003232 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3233 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3234
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003235 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3236 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3237 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3238 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3239 if (Size > 128)
3240 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3241 else if (Size < 128) {
3242 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3244 }
3245 }
3246
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003247 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3248 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3249 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3250 uint64_t Members = 0;
3251 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3252 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3253 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3254 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3255 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3256 }
3257
3258 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3259 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3260 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3261 if (Bits == 0)
3262 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3263
3264 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3265 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3266 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3267 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3268 } else
3269 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3270 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3271 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3272 }
3273
3274 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003275 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003276 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003277
3278 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3279 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3280}
3281
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003282// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3283llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3284 QualType Ty,
3285 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3286 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3287 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3288
3289 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3290 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3291 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3292
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003293 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3294 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3295 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3296 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3297 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3298 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3299 }
3300
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003301 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3302 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3303 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3304 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003305 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003306 QualType BaseTy;
3307 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3308
3309 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3310 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3311 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3312 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3313 SizeInBytes = 16;
3314 }
3315
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003316 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3317 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3318 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3319 "ap.next");
3320 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3321
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003322 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3323 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3324 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3325 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3326 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3327 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3328 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3329 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3330 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003331 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3332 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3333 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3334 } else {
3335 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3336 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003337 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3338 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3339 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3340 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3341 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3342 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3343 "vacplx");
3344 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3345 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3346 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3347 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3348 return Ptr;
3349 }
3350
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003351 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3352 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3353 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003354 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003355 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3356 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3357 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3358 }
3359
3360 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3361 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3362}
3363
3364static bool
3365PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3366 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003367 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3368 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3369
3370 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3371
3372 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3373 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3374 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3375 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3376
3377 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3378 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3379
3380 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3381 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3382
3383 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3384 // 64: mq
3385 // 65: lr
3386 // 66: ctr
3387 // 67: ap
3388 // 68-75 cr0-7
3389 // 76: xer
3390 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3391
3392 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3393 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3394
3395 // 109: vrsave
3396 // 110: vscr
3397 // 111: spe_acc
3398 // 112: spefscr
3399 // 113: sfp
3400 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3401
3402 return false;
3403}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003404
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003405bool
3406PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3407 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3408 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3409
3410 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3411}
3412
3413bool
3414PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3415 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3416
3417 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3418}
3419
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003420//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003421// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003422//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3423
3424namespace {
3425
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003426class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003427public:
3428 enum ABIKind {
3429 AAPCS = 0,
3430 DarwinPCS
3431 };
3432
3433private:
3434 ABIKind Kind;
3435
3436public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003437 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003438
3439private:
3440 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3441 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3442
3443 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3444 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3445 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003446 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003447 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3448
3449 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3450 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3451 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3452 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3453 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3454 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3455 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3456 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003457
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003458 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3459 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3460 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3461 // partially in registers.
3462 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003463
3464 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3465 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3466 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3467 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3468 FI.arg_size());
3469
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003470 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3471 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003472 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3473 it != ie; ++it) {
3474 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3475 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3476 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3477 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003478 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3479 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003480 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003481 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003482
3483 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3484 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3485 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003486 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3487 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3488 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3489 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003490
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003491 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3492 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3493 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003494 }
3495
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003496 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3497 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3498 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3499 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3500 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3501 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003502 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003503 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003504
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003505 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3506 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3507 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3508 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3509 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3510 it->info =
3511 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3512 }
3513 }
3514 }
3515
3516 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3517 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3518
3519 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3520 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3521
3522 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3523 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3524 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3525 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3526 }
3527};
3528
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003529class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003530public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003531 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3532 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003533
3534 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3535 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3536 }
3537
3538 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3539
3540 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3541};
3542}
3543
3544static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3545 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003546 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003547
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003548ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3549 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3550 bool &IsHA,
3551 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3552 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3553 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003554 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3555 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3556 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3557 if (Size <= 32) {
3558 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3559 AllocatedGPR++;
3560 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3561 }
3562 if (Size == 64) {
3563 llvm::Type *ResType =
3564 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3565 AllocatedVFP++;
3566 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3567 }
3568 if (Size == 128) {
3569 llvm::Type *ResType =
3570 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3571 AllocatedVFP++;
3572 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3573 }
3574 AllocatedGPR++;
3575 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3576 }
3577 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3578 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3579 AllocatedVFP++;
3580 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3581 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3582 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3583 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3584 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3585 AllocatedVFP++;
3586 }
3587
3588 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3589 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3590 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3591 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3592
3593 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003594 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3595 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3596 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3597
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003598 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3599 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3600 }
3601 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3602 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3603 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3604 }
3605
3606 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3607 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003608 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003609 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003610 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3611 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003612 }
3613
3614 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3615 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3616 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3617 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3618 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3619
3620 ++AllocatedGPR;
3621 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3622 }
3623
3624 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003625 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003626 uint64_t Members = 0;
3627 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003628 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003629 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3630 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3631 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3632 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3633 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3634 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3635 }
3636 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003637 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3638 }
3639
3640 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3641 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3642 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003643 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3644 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3645 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3646
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003647 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3648 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3649 IsSmallAggr = true;
3650 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3651 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003652 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003653 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3654 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3655 }
3656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3657 }
3658
3659 AllocatedGPR++;
3660 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3661}
3662
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003663ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003664 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3665 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3666
3667 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3668 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3669 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3670
3671 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3672 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3673 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3674 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3675
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003676 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3677 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3678 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003679 }
3680
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003681 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3682 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3683
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003684 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003685 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3686 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3687 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3688
3689 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3690 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3691 if (Size <= 128) {
3692 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3693 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3694 }
3695
3696 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3697}
3698
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003699/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3700bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003701 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3702 // Check whether VT is legal.
3703 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3704 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3705 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3706 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3707 return true;
3708 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3709 }
3710 return false;
3711}
3712
3713static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3714 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3715 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3716 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3717 // Standard, section B.4:
3718 //
3719 // struct {
3720 // void *__stack;
3721 // void *__gr_top;
3722 // void *__vr_top;
3723 // int __gr_offs;
3724 // int __vr_offs;
3725 // };
3726
3727 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3728 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3729 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3730 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3731 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3732
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003733 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003734 int reg_top_index;
3735 int RegSize;
3736 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3737 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3738 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3739 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3740 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3741 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3742 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3743 } else {
3744 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3745 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3746 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3747 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3748 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3749 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3750 }
3751
3752 //=======================================
3753 // Find out where argument was passed
3754 //=======================================
3755
3756 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3757 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3758 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3759 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003760 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003761 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3762 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3763
3764 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3765
3766 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003767 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003768 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3769
3770 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3771 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3772 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3773 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3774 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3775
3776 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3777 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3778 "align_regoffs");
3779 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3780 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3781 "aligned_regoffs");
3782 }
3783
3784 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003785 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003786 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3787 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3788 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3789
3790 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3791 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003792 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003793 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3794 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3795
3796 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3797
3798 //=======================================
3799 // Argument was in registers
3800 //=======================================
3801
3802 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3803 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3804 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3805
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003806 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003807 reg_top_p =
3808 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3809 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3810 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003811 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003812 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3813
3814 if (IsIndirect) {
3815 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3816 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3817 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3818 }
3819
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003820 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003821 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003822 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3823 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003824 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3825 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3826 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3827 // contiguously.
3828 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3829 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3830 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3831 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3832 int Offset = 0;
3833
3834 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3835 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3836 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3837 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3838 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3839 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3840 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3841 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3842 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3843
3844 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3845 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3846 }
3847
3848 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3849 } else {
3850 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3851 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003852 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3853 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003854 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3855 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3856 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3857
3858 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3859 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3860
3861 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3862 }
3863
3864 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3865 }
3866
3867 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3868
3869 //=======================================
3870 // Argument was on the stack
3871 //=======================================
3872 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3873
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003874 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003875 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3876 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3877
3878 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3879 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3880 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3881 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3882
3883 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3884
3885 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3886 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3887 "align_stack");
3888 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3889 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3890 "align_stack");
3891
3892 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3893 }
3894
3895 uint64_t StackSize;
3896 if (IsIndirect)
3897 StackSize = 8;
3898 else
3899 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3900
3901 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3902 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3903
3904 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3905 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3906 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3907
3908 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3909 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3910
3911 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3912 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3913 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3914 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3915
3916 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3917 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3918
3919 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3920 }
3921
3922 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3923
3924 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3925
3926 //=======================================
3927 // Tidy up
3928 //=======================================
3929 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3930
3931 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3932 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3933 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3934
3935 if (IsIndirect)
3936 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3937
3938 return ResAddr;
3939}
3940
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003941llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003942 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3943
3944 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3945 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003946 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3947 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003948
3949 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3950 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3951}
3952
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003953llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003954 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3955 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3956 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3957 // other cases.
3958 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003959 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003960
3961 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3962 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3963
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003964 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003965 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3966
3967 bool isIndirect = false;
3968 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3969 // be passed indirectly.
3970 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3971 isIndirect = true;
3972 Size = 8;
3973 Align = 8;
3974 }
3975
3976 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3977 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3978
3979 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3980 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3981 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3982
3983 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3984 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3985 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3986 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3987 }
3988
3989 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3990 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3991 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3992 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3993 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3994 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3995 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3996 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3997 }
3998
3999 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4000 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4001 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4002 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4003
4004 if (isIndirect)
4005 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4006 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4007 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4008
4009 return AddrTyped;
4010}
4011
4012//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004013// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004014//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004015
4016namespace {
4017
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004018class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004019public:
4020 enum ABIKind {
4021 APCS = 0,
4022 AAPCS = 1,
4023 AAPCS_VFP
4024 };
4025
4026private:
4027 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004028 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4029 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4030 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4031 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4032 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004033
4034public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004035 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4036 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004037 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004038 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004039 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004040
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004041 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004042 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4043 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4044 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004045 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004046 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004047 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004048 return true;
4049 default:
4050 return false;
4051 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004052 }
4053
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004054 bool isEABIHF() const {
4055 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4056 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4057 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4058 return true;
4059 default:
4060 return false;
4061 }
4062 }
4063
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004064 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4065
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004066private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004067 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004068 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004069 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004070 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004071
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004072 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004073
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004074 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4075 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004076
4077 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4078 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4079 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004080
4081 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4082 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4083 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004084};
4085
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004086class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4087public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004088 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4089 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004090
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004091 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4092 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4093 }
4094
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004095 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004096 return 13;
4097 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004098
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004099 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004100 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4101 }
4102
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004103 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004104 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004105 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004106
4107 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004108 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004109 return false;
4110 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004111
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004112 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004113 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4114 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4115 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004116
4117 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004118 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004119 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4120 if (!FD)
4121 return;
4122
4123 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4124 if (!Attr)
4125 return;
4126
4127 const char *Kind;
4128 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4129 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4130 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4131 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4132 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4133 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4134 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4135 }
4136
4137 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4138
4139 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4140
4141 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4142 return;
4143
4144 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4145 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4146 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4147 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4148 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4149 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4150 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4151 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4152 B));
4153 }
4154
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004155};
4156
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004157}
4158
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004159void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004160 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004161 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004162 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4163 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4164 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4165 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4166 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004167 resetAllocatedRegs();
4168
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004169 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4170 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4171 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4172 } else {
4173 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4174 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004175 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004176 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4177 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004178 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004179 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4180 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004181 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004182
4183 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4184 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4185 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004186 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004187 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4188 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004189 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4190 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004191 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004192 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4193 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4194 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004195 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4196 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004197 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4198 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4199 PaddingTy);
4200 } else {
4201 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4202 PaddingTy);
4203 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004204 }
4205 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004206
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004207 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4208 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4209 return;
4210
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004211 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4212 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4213 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4214}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004215
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004216/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4217llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4218 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004219 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004220 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4221 else if (isEABI())
4222 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4223 else
4224 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4225}
4226
4227/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4228/// as the C calling convention.
4229llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004230 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004231 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4232 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4233 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004234 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004235 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4236}
4237
4238void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4239 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4240
4241 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4242 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4243 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4244 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4245 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004246}
4247
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004248/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4249/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4250/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4251/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4252static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004253 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004254 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004255 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4256 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
4257 return false;
4258 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4259 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4260 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004261 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004262 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004263
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004264 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004265 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004266 uint64_t FldMembers;
4267 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
4268 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004269
4270 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4271 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004272 }
4273 } else {
4274 Members = 1;
4275 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4276 Members = 2;
4277 Ty = CT->getElementType();
4278 }
4279
4280 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4281 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4282 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4283 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00004284 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4285 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004286 return false;
4287 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4288 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4289 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4290 return false;
4291 } else {
4292 return false;
4293 }
4294
4295 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
4296 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4297 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4298 if (!Base)
4299 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00004300
4301 if (Base != TyPtr) {
4302 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4303 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4304 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4305
4306 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4307 // of their members.
4308 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4309 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4310
4311 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4312 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4313 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4314 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4315 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4316 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4317 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4318 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4319
4320 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4321 return false;
4322 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004323 }
4324
4325 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4326 if (HAMembers)
4327 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004328
4329 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004330}
4331
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004332/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4333/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004334void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4335 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004336 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004337 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4338 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4339 // the stack.
4340 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004341 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004342 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004343 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4344 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4345 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4346 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4347 bool FoundSlot = true;
4348 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4349 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4350 FoundSlot = false;
4351 break;
4352 }
4353 if (FoundSlot) {
4354 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4355 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004356 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004357 return;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4361 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4362 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4363 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004364 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004365}
4366
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004367/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4368/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4369/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4370void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004371 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004372 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4373
4374 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4375 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4376
4377 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4378}
4379
4380void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4381 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4382 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4383 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4384 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4385}
4386
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004387ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004388 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004389 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4390 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4391 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4392 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4393 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4394 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4395 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4396 // to four Elements.
4397
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004398 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4399 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4400 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4401 if (Size <= 32) {
4402 llvm::Type *ResType =
4403 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004404 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004405 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4406 }
4407 if (Size == 64) {
4408 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4409 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004410 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4411 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4412 } else {
4413 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4414 IsCPRC = true;
4415 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004416 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4417 }
4418 if (Size == 128) {
4419 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4420 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004421 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4422 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4423 } else {
4424 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4425 IsCPRC = true;
4426 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004427 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4428 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004429 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004430 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4431 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004432 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004433 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4434 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4435 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4436 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4437 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4438 IsCPRC = true;
4439 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004440 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004441 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004442 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4443 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4444 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4445 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4446 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4447 IsCPRC = true;
4448 }
4449 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4450 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4451 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4452 IsCPRC = true;
4453 }
4454 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004455 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004456
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004457 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004458 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004459 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004460 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004461 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004462
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004463 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4464 if (!IsCPRC)
4465 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004466 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4467 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004468 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004469
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004470 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4471 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004472 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004473 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004474
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004475 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004476 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004477 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4478
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004479 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004480 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4481 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004482 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004483 uint64_t Members = 0;
4484 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004485 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004486 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4487 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4488 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4489 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004490 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004491 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004492 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004493 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004494 else {
4495 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4496 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004497 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004498 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004499 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004500 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004501 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004502 }
4503
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004504 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004505 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4506 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4507 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004508 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4509 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4510 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4511 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4512 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004513 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004514 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4515 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4516 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4517 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4518 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004519 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004520 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004521 }
4522
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004523 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004524 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004525 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004526 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4527 // we can.
4528 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004529 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4530 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004531 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004532 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004533 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4534 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004535 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004536 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004537
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004538 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004539 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004540 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004541}
4542
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004543static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004544 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4545 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4546 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4547 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4548
4549 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4550
4551 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4552 if (Size > 32)
4553 return false;
4554
4555 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4556 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4557 return false;
4558
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004559 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4560 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4561 return false;
4562
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004563 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004564 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004565 return true;
4566
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004567 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4568 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4569 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004570
4571 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4572 // above, but they are not.
4573
4574 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4575 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4576 if (!RT) return false;
4577
4578 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4579 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4580 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4581 return false;
4582
4583 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4584 // like".
4585 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4586
4587 bool HadField = false;
4588 unsigned idx = 0;
4589 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4590 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004591 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004592
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004593 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4594 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4595 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4596 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4597 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4598 if (!RD->isUnion())
4599 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004600
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004601 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4602 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004603
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004604 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004605 }
4606
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004607 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4608 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4609 return false;
4610
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004611 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4612 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004613
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004614 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4615 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4616 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004617 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4618 if (HadField)
4619 return false;
4620
4621 HadField = true;
4622 }
4623 }
4624
4625 return true;
4626}
4627
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004628ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4629 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004630 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004631 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004632
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004633 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004634 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4635 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004636 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004637 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004638
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004639 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004640 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4641 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4642 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4643
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004644 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4645 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004646 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004647
4648 // Are we following APCS?
4649 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004650 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004651 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4652
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004653 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4654 //
4655 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4656 // correctly.
4657 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004658 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004659 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004660
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004661 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004662 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004663 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004664 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004665 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004666 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004667 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004668 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4669 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004670 }
4671
4672 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004673 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004674 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004675 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004676
4677 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4678
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004679 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004680 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4681
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004682 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004683 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004684 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004685 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4686 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004687 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4688 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004689 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004690 }
4691
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004692 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4693 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004694 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004695 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004696 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4697 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4698 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4699
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004700 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4701 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004702 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004703 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004704 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4705 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004706 }
4707
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004708 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004709 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004710}
4711
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004712/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4713bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4714 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4715 // Check whether VT is legal.
4716 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4718 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4719 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4720 return true;
4721 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4722 return Size <= 32;
4723 }
4724 return false;
4725}
4726
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004727llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004728 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004729 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4730 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004731
4732 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004733 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004734 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004735
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004736 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4737 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4738 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4739 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4740 }
4741
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004742 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004743 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004744 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004745
4746 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4747 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004748 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4749 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4750 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4751 else
4752 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004753 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4754 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4755 IsIndirect = true;
4756 Size = 4;
4757 TyAlign = 4;
4758 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004759
4760 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004761 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4762 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4763 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4764 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4765 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4766 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004767 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004768 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004769
4770 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004771 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004772 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004773 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004774 "ap.next");
4775 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4776
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004777 if (IsIndirect)
4778 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004779 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004780 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4781 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4782 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4783 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4784 // than the ABI alignment.
4785 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4786 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4787 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4788 "var.align");
4789 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4790 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4791 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4792 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4793 TyAlign, false);
4794 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4795 }
4796 llvm::Type *PTy =
4797 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4798 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4799
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004800 return AddrTyped;
4801}
4802
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004803namespace {
4804
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004805class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4806 public:
4807 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4808 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004809 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4810 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4811 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004812 private:
4813 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4814 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4815};
4816
4817class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4818 public:
4819 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4820 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4821};
4822
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004823}
4824
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004825void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4826 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4827 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4828 else
4829 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4830}
4831
4832llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4833 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4834 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4835 // is unsupported.
4836 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4837}
4838
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004839//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004840// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004841//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4842
4843namespace {
4844
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004845class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004846public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004847 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004848
4849 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4850 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4851
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004852 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4853 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4854 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004855};
4856
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004857class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004858public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004859 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4860 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004861
4862 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4863 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004864private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004865 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4866 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4867 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004868};
4869
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004870ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004871 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4872 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004873
4874 // note: this is different from default ABI
4875 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4877
4878 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4879 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4880 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4881
4882 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4883 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004884}
4885
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004886ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004887 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4888 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4889 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004890
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004891 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4892 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004893}
4894
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004895void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004896 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4897 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004898 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4899 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004900
4901 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4902 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4903 return;
4904
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004905 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4906}
4907
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004908llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4909 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4910 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004911}
4912
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004913void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4914SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4915 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004916 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4917 if (!FD) return;
4918
4919 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4920
4921 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004922 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004923 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004924 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004925 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004926 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004927 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4928 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004929 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004930 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004931 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004932 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004933
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004934 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004935 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004936 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004937 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4938 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004939 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4940 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4941 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4942 }
4943 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4944 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4945 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4946 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4947 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4948 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4949 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4950 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4951 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4952 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4953 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4954 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4955 }
4956 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004957 }
4958}
4959
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004960void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4961 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004962 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4963 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4964
4965 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4966 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4967
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004968 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4969 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4970 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004971 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4972 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4973}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004974}
4975
4976//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004977// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4978//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4979
4980namespace {
4981
4982class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4983public:
4984 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4985
4986 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4987 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4988 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4989
4990 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4991 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4992
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004993 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004994 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4995 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004996 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4997 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004998 }
4999
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005000 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5001 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005002};
5003
5004class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5005public:
5006 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5007 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5008};
5009
5010}
5011
5012bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5013 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5014 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5015 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5016
5017 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5018 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5019 return true;
5020
5021 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5022 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5023 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5024 case BuiltinType::Int:
5025 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5026 return true;
5027 default:
5028 return false;
5029 }
5030 return false;
5031}
5032
5033bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5034 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5035}
5036
5037bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5038 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5039 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5040 case BuiltinType::Float:
5041 case BuiltinType::Double:
5042 return true;
5043 default:
5044 return false;
5045 }
5046
5047 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5048 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5049 bool Found = false;
5050
5051 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5052 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005053 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5054 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005055
5056 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5057 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5058 continue;
5059
5060 if (Found)
5061 return false;
5062 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5063 if (!Found)
5064 return false;
5065 }
5066
5067 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005068 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005069 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5070 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5071 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5072 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5073 return true;
5074
5075 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5076 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5077 if (Found)
5078 return false;
5079 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5080 if (!Found)
5081 return false;
5082 }
5083
5084 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5085 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5086 return Found;
5087 }
5088
5089 return false;
5090}
5091
5092llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5093 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5094 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5095 // struct {
5096 // i64 __gpr;
5097 // i64 __fpr;
5098 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5099 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5100 // };
5101
5102 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5103 // GPRs or FPRs.
5104 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5105 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5106 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5107
5108 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5109 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5110 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5111 if (IsIndirect) {
5112 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5113 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5114 } else
5115 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5116 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5117 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5118
5119 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5120 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5121
5122 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5123 if (InFPRs) {
5124 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5125 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5126 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5127 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5128 } else {
5129 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5130 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5131 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5132 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5133 }
5134
5135 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5136 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5137 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5138 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5139 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5140 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005141 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005142
5143 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5144 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5145 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5146 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5147
5148 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5149 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5150
5151 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5152 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5153 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5154 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5155 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5156 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5157 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5158 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5159 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5160 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5161 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5162 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5163 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5164 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5165 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5166 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5167
5168 // Update the register count
5169 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5170 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5171 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5172 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5173 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5174
5175 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5176 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5177
5178 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5179 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5180 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5181 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5182 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5183 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5184 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5185 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5186 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5187 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5188
5189 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5190 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5191 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5192 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5193 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5194
5195 // Return the appropriate result.
5196 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5197 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5198 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5199 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5200
5201 if (IsIndirect)
5202 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5203
5204 return ResAddr;
5205}
5206
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005207ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5208 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5209 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5210 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5211 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5212 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5213 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5214}
5215
5216ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5217 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005218 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005219 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5220
5221 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5222 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5223 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5224
5225 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5226 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5227 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005228 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005229
5230 // Handle small structures.
5231 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5232 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5233 // fail the size test above.
5234 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5235 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005236 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005237
5238 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5239 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5240 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5241 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5242 if (Size == 32)
5243 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5244 else
5245 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5246 } else
5247 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5249 }
5250
5251 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5252 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005253 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005254
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005255 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005256}
5257
5258//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005259// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005260//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005261
5262namespace {
5263
5264class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5265public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005266 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5267 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005268 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005269 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005270};
5271
5272}
5273
5274void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5275 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5276 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5277 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5278 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5279 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5280 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5281
5282 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5283 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5284
5285 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005286 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005287
5288 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005289 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005290 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5291 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005292 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005293 }
5294}
5295
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005296//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005297// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5298// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005299//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5300
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005301namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005302class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005303 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005304 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5305 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005306 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005307 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005308 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005309 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005310public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005311 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005312 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005313 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005314
5315 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005316 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005317 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5318 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5319 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005320};
5321
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005322class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005323 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005324public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005325 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5326 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005327 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005328
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005329 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005330 return 29;
5331 }
5332
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005333 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005334 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005335 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5336 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005337 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005338 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5339 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5340 }
5341 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5342 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5343 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005344 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005345
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005346 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005347 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005348
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005349 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005350 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005351 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005352};
5353}
5354
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005355void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005356 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005357 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5358 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005359
5360 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5361 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5362 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5363
5364 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5365 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5366
5367 if (R)
5368 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005369}
5370
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005371// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5372// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005373llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005374 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5375
5376 if (IsO32) {
5377 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5378 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5379 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005380
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005381 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5382 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005383
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005384 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005385
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005386 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5387 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5388 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5389 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5390 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005391
5392 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5393 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005394 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005395
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005396 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5397 unsigned idx = 0;
5398 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5399
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005400 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5401 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005402 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5403 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005404 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005405 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5406
5407 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5408 continue;
5409
5410 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5411 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5412 continue;
5413
5414 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5415 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5416 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5417
5418 // Add double type.
5419 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5420 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5421 }
5422
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005423 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5424 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005425
5426 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5427}
5428
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005429llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5430 uint64_t Offset) const {
5431 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005432 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005433
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005434 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005435}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005436
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005437ABIArgInfo
5438MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005439 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005440 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005441 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005442
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005443 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5444 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005445 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5446 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005447
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005448 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005449 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005450 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005451 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5452
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005453 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005454 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005455 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005456 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005457
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005458 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5459 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5460 // aggregate is unaligned.
5461 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005462 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005463 }
5464
5465 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5466 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5467 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5468
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005469 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5470 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5471
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005472 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005473 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005474}
5475
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005476llvm::Type*
5477MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005478 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005479 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005480
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005481 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005482 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005483 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5484 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005485
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005486 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5487 // following conditions are met:
5488 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5489 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5490 // point types.
5491 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5492 //
5493 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5494 //
5495 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5496 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5497 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005498 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005499
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005500 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5501 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005502
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005503 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005504 }
5505
5506 if (b == e)
5507 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5508 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5509
5510 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005511 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005512 }
5513
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005514 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005515 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5516}
5517
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005518ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005519 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5520
5521 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005522 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5523
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005524 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005525 if (Size <= 128) {
5526 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5527 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5528
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005529 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5530 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5531 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5532
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005533 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005534 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5535 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005536
5537 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5538 }
5539
5540 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5541 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5542 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5543
5544 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5545 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5546}
5547
5548void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005549 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005550 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5551 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005552
5553 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005554 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005555
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005556 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5557 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005558}
5559
5560llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005562 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5563 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5564
5565 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5566 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5567 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5568 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5569 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5570 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5571 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5572 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5573
5574 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5575 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5576 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5577 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5578 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5579 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5580 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5581 }
5582 else
5583 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5584
5585 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5586 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5587 uint64_t Offset =
5588 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5589 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5590 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5591 "ap.next");
5592 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5593
5594 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005595}
5596
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005597bool
5598MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5599 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5600 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5601 // as canonical as it gets.
5602
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005603 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5604 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005605 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005606
5607 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5608 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5609 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5610 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005611 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005612
5613 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5614 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5615
5616 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5617 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5618 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5619 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5620 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005621 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005622 return false;
5623}
5624
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005625//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5626// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5627// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5628// handling.
5629//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5630
5631namespace {
5632
5633class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5634public:
5635 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5636 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5637
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005638 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5639 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005640};
5641
5642void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5643 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5644 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5645 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5646 if (!FD) return;
5647
5648 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5649
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005650 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005651 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5652 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005653 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005654 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5655 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005656 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5657 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5658 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5659 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5660
5661 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5662 Operands.push_back(F);
5663
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005664 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005665 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005666 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005667 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005668 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005669 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005670
5671 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5672 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5673 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005674 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005675 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5676 }
5677 }
5678 }
5679}
5680
5681}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005682
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005683//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5684// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5685//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5686
5687namespace {
5688
5689class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5690
5691
5692public:
5693 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5694
5695private:
5696
5697 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5698 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5699
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005700 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005701
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005702 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5703 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005704};
5705
5706class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5707public:
5708 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5709 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5710
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005711 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005712 return 29;
5713 }
5714};
5715
5716}
5717
5718void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005719 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5720 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005721 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5722 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005723}
5724
5725ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5726 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5727 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5728 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5729 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5730
5731 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5732 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5733 }
5734
5735 // Ignore empty records.
5736 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5737 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5738
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005739 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005740 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005741
5742 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5743 if (Size > 64)
5744 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5745 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5746 else if (Size > 32)
5747 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5748 else if (Size > 16)
5749 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5750 else if (Size > 8)
5751 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5752 else
5753 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5754}
5755
5756ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5757 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5758 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5759
5760 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5761 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5762 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5763
5764 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5765 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5766 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5767 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5768
5769 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5770 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5771 }
5772
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005773 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5774 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5775
5776 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5777 // are returned indirectly.
5778 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5779 if (Size <= 64) {
5780 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5781 if (Size <= 8)
5782 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5783 if (Size <= 16)
5784 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5785 if (Size <= 32)
5786 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5787 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5788 }
5789
5790 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5791}
5792
5793llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005794 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005795 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005796 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005797
5798 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5799 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5800 "ap");
5801 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5802 llvm::Type *PTy =
5803 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5804 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5805
5806 uint64_t Offset =
5807 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5808 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5809 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5810 "ap.next");
5811 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5812
5813 return AddrTyped;
5814}
5815
5816
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005817//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5818// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5819// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5820//
5821// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5822// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5823// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5824//
5825// One case requires special care:
5826//
5827// struct mixed {
5828// int i;
5829// float f;
5830// };
5831//
5832// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5833// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5834// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5835// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5836//
5837// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5838//
5839// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5840// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5841// bytes.
5842//
5843namespace {
5844class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5845public:
5846 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5847
5848private:
5849 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005850 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5851 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5852 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005853
5854 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5855 // serves two purposes:
5856 //
5857 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5858 // in registers.
5859 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5860 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5861 //
5862 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5863 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5864 //
5865 struct CoerceBuilder {
5866 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5867 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5868 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5869 uint64_t Size;
5870 bool InReg;
5871
5872 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5873 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5874
5875 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5876 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5877 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5878 if (ToSize == Size)
5879 return;
5880
5881 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5882 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5883 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5884 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5885 Size = Aligned;
5886 }
5887
5888 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5889 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5890 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5891 Size += 64;
5892 }
5893
5894 // Final in-word padding.
5895 if (Size < ToSize) {
5896 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5897 Size = ToSize;
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5902 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5903 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5904 if (Offset % Bits)
5905 return;
5906 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5907 if (Bits < 64)
5908 InReg = true;
5909 pad(Offset);
5910 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5911 Size = Offset + Bits;
5912 }
5913
5914 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5915 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5916 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5917 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5918 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5919 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5920 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5921 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5922 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5923 break;
5924 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5925 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5926 break;
5927 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5928 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5929 break;
5930 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5931 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5932 break;
5933 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5934 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5935 pad(ElemOffset);
5936 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5937 Size += 64;
5938 }
5939 break;
5940 default:
5941 break;
5942 }
5943 }
5944 }
5945
5946 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5947 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5948 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5949 return false;
5950 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5951 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5952 return false;
5953 return true;
5954 }
5955
5956 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5957 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5958 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5959 return Elems.front();
5960 else
5961 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5962 }
5963 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005964};
5965} // end anonymous namespace
5966
5967ABIArgInfo
5968SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5969 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5970 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5971
5972 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5973
5974 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5975 // pointer / sret pointer.
5976 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5977 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5978
5979 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5980 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5981 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5982
5983 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5984 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5985 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5986
5987 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5988 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5990
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005991 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5992 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5993 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5994 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5995
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005996 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005997 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5998 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
5999 if (!StrTy)
6000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6001
6002 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6003 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6004 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6005
6006 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6007 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6008
6009 if (CB.InReg)
6010 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6011 else
6012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006013}
6014
6015llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6016 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006017 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6018 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6019 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6020 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6021
6022 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6023 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6024 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6025 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6026 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6027 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6028 unsigned Stride;
6029
6030 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6031 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006032 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006033 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6034
6035 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6036 Stride = 8;
6037 ArgAddr = Builder
6038 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6039 "extend");
6040 break;
6041
6042 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6043 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6044 ArgAddr = Addr;
6045 break;
6046
6047 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6048 Stride = 8;
6049 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6050 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6051 "indirect");
6052 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6053 break;
6054
6055 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6056 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6057 }
6058
6059 // Update VAList.
6060 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6061 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6062
6063 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006064}
6065
6066void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6067 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006068 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6069 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006070}
6071
6072namespace {
6073class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6074public:
6075 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6076 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006077
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006078 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006079 return 14;
6080 }
6081
6082 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006083 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006084};
6085} // end anonymous namespace
6086
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006087bool
6088SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6089 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6090 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6091 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6092
6093 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6094
6095 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6096 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6097 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6098
6099 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6100 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6101
6102 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6103 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6104
6105 // Y = 64
6106 // PSR = 65
6107 // WIM = 66
6108 // TBR = 67
6109 // PC = 68
6110 // NPC = 69
6111 // FSR = 70
6112 // CSR = 71
6113 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6114
6115 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6116 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6117
6118 return false;
6119}
6120
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006121
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006122//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006123// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006124//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006125
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006126namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006127
6128/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6129/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6130typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6131
6132/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6133///
6134/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6135/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6136/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6137///
6138/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6139/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6140/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6141/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6142/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6143/// Recursive type encoding.
6144///
6145/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6146/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6147/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6148/// the type is encountered.
6149///
6150/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6151/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6152/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6153/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6154/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6155///
6156/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6157/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6158/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6159/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6160/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6161///
6162/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6163///
6164/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6165/// cached encoding is used;
6166///
6167/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6168/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6169///
6170/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6171/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6172///
6173/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6174/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6175/// it is swapped back in;
6176///
6177/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6178/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6179/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6180///
6181/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6182/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6183/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6184/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6185///
6186class TypeStringCache {
6187 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6188 struct Entry {
6189 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6190 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6191 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6192 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6193 };
6194 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6195 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6196 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6197public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006198 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006199 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6200 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6201 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6202 bool IsRecursive);
6203 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6204};
6205
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006206/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006207/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6208class FieldEncoding {
6209 bool HasName;
6210 std::string Enc;
6211public:
6212 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6213 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6214 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6215 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6216 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6217 }
6218};
6219
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006220class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6221public:
6222 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006223 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6224 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006225};
6226
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006227class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006228 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006229public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006230 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006231 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006232 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006234};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006235
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006236} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006237
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006238llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6239 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006240 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006241
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006242 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006243 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6244 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6245 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006246
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006247 // Handle the argument.
6248 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6249 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6250 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6251 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006252 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006253 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006254 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006255 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006256 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006257 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006258 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6259 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006260 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6261 ArgSize = 0;
6262 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006263 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6264 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006265 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6266 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6267 if (ArgSize < 4)
6268 ArgSize = 4;
6269 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006270 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6271 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6272 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6273 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006274 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6275 ArgSize = 4;
6276 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006277 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006278
6279 // Increment the VAList.
6280 if (ArgSize) {
6281 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6282 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6283 }
6284 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006285}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006286
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006287/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6288/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6289/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6290/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6291/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6292void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6293 std::string StubEnc) {
6294 if (!ID)
6295 return;
6296 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6297 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6298 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6299 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6300 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6301 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6302 E.State = Incomplete;
6303 ++IncompleteCount;
6304}
6305
6306/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6307/// must be removed from the cache.
6308/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6309/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6310bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6311 if (!ID)
6312 return false;
6313 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6314 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6315 Entry &E = I->second;
6316 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6317 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6318 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6319 bool IsRecursive = false;
6320 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6321 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6322 IsRecursive = true;
6323 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6324 }
6325 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6326 Map.erase(I);
6327 else {
6328 // Swap the Recursive back.
6329 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6330 E.Swapped.clear();
6331 E.State = Recursive;
6332 }
6333 --IncompleteCount;
6334 return IsRecursive;
6335}
6336
6337/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6338/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6339void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6340 bool IsRecursive) {
6341 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6342 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6343 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6344 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6345 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6346 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6347 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6348 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6349 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6350 return;
6351 }
6352 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6353 E.Str = Str.str();
6354 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6355}
6356
6357/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6358/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6359/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6360StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6361 if (!ID)
6362 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6363 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6364 if (I == Map.end())
6365 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6366 Entry &E = I->second;
6367 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6368 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6369
6370 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6371 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6372 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6373 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6374 }
6375 return E.Str.c_str();
6376}
6377
6378/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6379/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6380/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6381/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6382/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6383/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6384///
6385/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6386/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6387/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6388/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6389///
6390static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6391 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6392
6393/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6394void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6395 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6396 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6397 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6398 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6399 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6400 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6401 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6402 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6403 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6404 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6405 }
6406}
6407
6408static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6409 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6410 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6411
6412/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6413/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6414static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6415 const RecordDecl *RD,
6416 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6417 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6418 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6419 I != E; ++I) {
6420 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6421 Enc += "m(";
6422 Enc += I->getName();
6423 Enc += "){";
6424 if (I->isBitField()) {
6425 Enc += "b(";
6426 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6427 OS.resync();
6428 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6429 OS.flush();
6430 Enc += ':';
6431 }
6432 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6433 return false;
6434 if (I->isBitField())
6435 Enc += ')';
6436 Enc += '}';
6437 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6438 }
6439 return true;
6440}
6441
6442/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6443/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6444/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6445static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6446 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6447 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6448 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6449 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6450 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6451 Enc += TypeString;
6452 return true;
6453 }
6454
6455 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6456 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6457 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6458 Enc += '(';
6459 if (ID)
6460 Enc += ID->getName();
6461 Enc += "){";
6462
6463 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6464 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006465 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6466 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6467 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6468 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6469 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006470 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006471 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6472 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6473 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6474 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6475 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6476 return false;
6477 }
6478 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6479 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6480 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6481 if (RT->isUnionType())
6482 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006483 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6484 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006485 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6486 if (I)
6487 Enc += ',';
6488 Enc += FE[I].str();
6489 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006490 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006491 Enc += '}';
6492 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6493 return true;
6494}
6495
6496/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6497static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6498 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6499 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6500 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6501 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6502 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6503 Enc += TypeString;
6504 return true;
6505 }
6506
6507 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6508 Enc += "e(";
6509 if (ID)
6510 Enc += ID->getName();
6511 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006512
6513 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006514 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006515 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6516 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6517 ++I) {
6518 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6519 EnumEnc += "m(";
6520 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6521 EnumEnc += "){";
6522 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6523 EnumEnc += '}';
6524 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6525 }
6526 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6527 unsigned E = FE.size();
6528 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6529 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006530 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006531 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006532 }
6533 }
6534 Enc += '}';
6535 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6536 return true;
6537}
6538
6539/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6540/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6541static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6542 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6543 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6544 int Lookup = 0;
6545 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6546 Lookup += 1<<0;
6547 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6548 Lookup += 1<<1;
6549 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6550 Lookup += 1<<2;
6551 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6552}
6553
6554/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6555static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6556 const char *EncType;
6557 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6558 case BuiltinType::Void:
6559 EncType = "0";
6560 break;
6561 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6562 EncType = "b";
6563 break;
6564 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6565 EncType = "uc";
6566 break;
6567 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6568 EncType = "uc";
6569 break;
6570 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6571 EncType = "sc";
6572 break;
6573 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6574 EncType = "us";
6575 break;
6576 case BuiltinType::Short:
6577 EncType = "ss";
6578 break;
6579 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6580 EncType = "ui";
6581 break;
6582 case BuiltinType::Int:
6583 EncType = "si";
6584 break;
6585 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6586 EncType = "ul";
6587 break;
6588 case BuiltinType::Long:
6589 EncType = "sl";
6590 break;
6591 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6592 EncType = "ull";
6593 break;
6594 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6595 EncType = "sll";
6596 break;
6597 case BuiltinType::Float:
6598 EncType = "ft";
6599 break;
6600 case BuiltinType::Double:
6601 EncType = "d";
6602 break;
6603 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6604 EncType = "ld";
6605 break;
6606 default:
6607 return false;
6608 }
6609 Enc += EncType;
6610 return true;
6611}
6612
6613/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6614static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6615 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6616 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6617 Enc += "p(";
6618 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6619 return false;
6620 Enc += ')';
6621 return true;
6622}
6623
6624/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006625static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6626 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006627 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6628 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6629 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6630 return false;
6631 Enc += "a(";
6632 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6633 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6634 else
6635 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6636 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006637 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6638 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006639 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6640 return false;
6641 Enc += ')';
6642 return true;
6643}
6644
6645/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6646/// and the arguments.
6647static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6648 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6649 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6650 Enc += "f{";
6651 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6652 return false;
6653 Enc += "}(";
6654 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6655 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6656 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6657 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6658 if (I != E) {
6659 do {
6660 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6661 return false;
6662 ++I;
6663 if (I != E)
6664 Enc += ',';
6665 } while (I != E);
6666 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6667 Enc += ",va";
6668 } else {
6669 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6670 Enc += "va";
6671 else
6672 Enc += '0';
6673 }
6674 }
6675 Enc += ')';
6676 return true;
6677}
6678
6679/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6680/// type encodings.
6681static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6682 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6683 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6684
6685 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6686
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006687 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6688 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6689 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6690 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6691
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006692 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6693
6694 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6695 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6696
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006697 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6698 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6699
6700 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6701 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6702
6703 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6704 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6705
6706 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6707 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6708
6709 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6710 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6711
6712 return false;
6713}
6714
6715static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6716 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6717 if (!D)
6718 return false;
6719
6720 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6721 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6722 return false;
6723 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6724 }
6725
6726 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6727 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6728 return false;
6729 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6730 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6731 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006732 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6733 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6734 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006735 }
6736 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6737 }
6738 return false;
6739}
6740
6741
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006742//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6743// Driver code
6744//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6745
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006746const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006747 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6748 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006749
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006750 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006751 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006752 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006753 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006754
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006755 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6756 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006757 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6758 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006759 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6760
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006761 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6762 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006763 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6764
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006765 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00006766 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006767 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006768 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006769 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006770
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006771 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006772 }
6773
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006774 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006775 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006776 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006777 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006778 {
6779 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006780 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006781 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006782 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006783 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6784 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006785 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6786
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006787 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006788 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006789 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6790 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6791 default:
6792 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6793 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6794 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006795 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006796
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006797 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006798 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006799 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006800 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006801 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006802 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6803 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6804
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006805 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6806 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6807 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006808 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006809 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006810 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006811 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006812 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
6813 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6814
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006815 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6816 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6817 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006818
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006819 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6820 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006821 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006822
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006823 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006824 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006825
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006826 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6827 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6828
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006829 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6830 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6831
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006832 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006833 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6834 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6835 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006836 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006837
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006838 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006839 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006840 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006841 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6842 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006843 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006844 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006845 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006846 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6847 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6848 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006849 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006850 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006851 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006852
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006853 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006854 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006855
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006856 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6857 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006858 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006859 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006860 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6861 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006862 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006863 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6864 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006865 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006866 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006867 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6868 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006869 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6870 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006871 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006872 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006873 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006874}